Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-09-13 14:55:56 +0200 (Tue, 13 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96897
Added:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/alternatives.es.po
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fonts.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po
Log:
merged
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/alternatives.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/alternatives.es.po (rev 0)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/alternatives.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+# Spanish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Ibán josé García Castillo , 2000.
+# Javier Moreno , 2000.
+# Jordi Jaen Pallares , 1999, 2000, 2001.
+# Pablo Iranzo Gómez , 2000.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Pablo Iranzo Gómez \n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish \n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Dialog for displaying possible Choices for one particular Alternative.
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86
+msgid "Choice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86
+msgid "Priority"
+msgstr "Prioridad"
+
+#
+# include/lilo/ui.ycp:818
+# include/backup/ui.ycp:300
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:99
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set option"
+msgid "Set choice"
+msgstr "Definir opción"
+
+# menuentries/menuentry_online_update.ycp:25
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set up automatic online update"
+msgid "Set automatic mode"
+msgstr "Configurar la actualización automática en línea"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Name:"
+msgid "Name:"
+msgstr "&Nombre:"
+
+# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:748
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Status"
+msgid "Status:"
+msgstr "Estado"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:111
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Time"
+msgid "Current choice:"
+msgstr "Hora actual"
+
+#. Dialog where all alternatives groups in the system are listed.
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:53
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Ayuda"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:61
+msgid ""
+"<p>The alternatives system is used when some equivalent applications are installed in the system. For example if several implementations and versions of Java are installed, the alternatives system will be used to decide which one to use when the command \"java\" is called.</p><p>Every alternative have an status, it can be automatic or manual. In <b>automatic mode</b> the system uses the choice with higher priority. Note that <b>priority</b> is set by the packages creators trying to provide reasonable defaults. The <b>manual mode</b> is set when the user selects a choice manually.</p><p>To change the current choice of an alternative, select the alternative, click the <b>edit</b> button then select the desired choice in the table and click on the <b>set choice</b> button. If you want to have the alternative in automatic mode just click the <b>set automatic mode</b> button in the edit dialog.</p><p>Furthermore every choice has its own set of <b>slaves</b>, these will be applied in the
system when the choice is selected.</p><p>For example, given an alternative \"editor\" that has two choices.The first choice \"/bin/ed\" with the slave:</p><pre> editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz</pre><p>Another choice \"/usr/bin/vim\" with the following slaves:</p><pre> editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
+" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
+" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
+" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
+" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
+"</pre><p>In this case if the second choice is selected all its slaves will be modified, or created if they do not exist already. If the \"/bin/ed\" choice is set afterward, the slave \"editor.1.gz\" will be modified and the others will be removed.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:115
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>All your choices will be lost when exiting with Cancel.<br>Really exit?</p>"
+msgid ""
+"All the changes will be lost if you leave with Cancel.\n"
+"Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr "<p>Todas sus selecciones se perderán si sale con 'Cancelar'.<br>¿Desea realmente salir?</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Time"
+msgid "Current choice"
+msgstr "Hora actual"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Nombre"
+
+# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:748
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Estado"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:150
+msgid "auto"
+msgstr "auto"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "[manually set]"
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr "[definida manualmente]"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Search in"
+msgid "Search by name"
+msgstr "Buscar en"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:176
+msgid "Show only alternatives with more than one choice"
+msgstr ""
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@
msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
msgstr "Sustituye el directorio personal del usuario. Puede proporcionar un valor absoluto o una plantilla."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251
msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr "Define una plantilla por defecto para un directorio personal del usuario si el proveedor de datos del dominio no ha especificado explícitamente una."
@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr "La shell por defecto que se debe usar si no hay instalada una shell permitida en el equipo."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr "La shell por defecto que se debe usar si el proveedor no devuelve una durante la búsqueda."
@@ -1012,8 +1012,8 @@
msgstr "Para cada petición de PAM mientras el SSSD está en línea, el SSSD intentará actualizar de inmediato la información de identidad en caché para el usuario a fin de garantizar que la autenticación se realiza con la información más reciente."
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr "Muestra una advertencia N días antes de que caduque la contraseña."
@@ -1205,528 +1205,573 @@
msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
msgstr "(Específico de Active Directory) Usar atributo de grupos de testigos si está disponible"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "URI (ldap://) de servidores LDAP (separados por comas)"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr "El nombre completo base por defecto que se debe usar para realizar la reglas del comando sudo de LDAP."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599
+msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los que se conectará el SSSD, en orden de preferencia."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los que se conectará el SSSD para cambiar la contraseña de un usuario, en orden de preferencia."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr "DN base para búsqueda LDAP"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr "Tipo de esquema LDAP"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr "El nombre completo de enlace por defecto que se debe usar para realizar operaciones de LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr "El tipo de testigo de autenticación del nombre completo de enlace por defecto."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr "El testigo de autenticación del nombre completo de enlace por defecto."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de usuario en LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre de entrada del usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de grupo primario del usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al campo gecos del usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr " El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre del directorio personal del usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene la vía de la shell por defecto del usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de usuario de LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de usuario de LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación del objeto padre."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (fecha del último cambio de contraseña)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración mínima de la contraseña)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración máxima de la contraseña)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de advertencia de la contraseña)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de inactividad de la contraseña)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow o ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (fecha de caducidad de la cuenta)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora del último cambio de contraseña en Kerberos."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729
msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora a la que caduca la contraseña actual."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la hora de caducidad de la cuenta."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena el campo de bit de control de la cuenta de usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o un ajuste equivalente, este parámetro determina si se permite el acceso."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina si se permite el acceso."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina la fecha hasta la que se permite el acceso."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759
msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina las horas de un día de la semana en las que el acceso está permitido."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre principal de usuario (UPN) de Kerberos."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene las claves públicas SSH del usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773
msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr "Algunos servidores de directorio, como Active Directory, pueden proporcionar la parte del dominio del UPN en minúsculas, lo que podría producir un error de autenticación."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr "Defina esta opción como verdadera si desea usar un dominio en mayúsculas."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que el SSSD tendrá que esperar para actualizar su caché de registros enumerados."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784
msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
msgstr "Determina la frecuencia con la que se debe comprobar si hay entradas inactivas en caché (como grupos sin miembros o usuarios que nunca han entrado) y eliminarlas para ahorrar espacio."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre completo del usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que muestra los miembros del grupo del usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD usará la presencia del atributo authorizedService en la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los privilegios de acceso."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804
msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=host, SSSD usará la presencia del atributo host de la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los privilegios de acceso."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de grupo en LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre del grupo."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de grupo."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del grupo."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de grupo de LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
msgstr " El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación del objeto padre."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
msgstr "Si ldap_schema se define con un formato de esquema que admita grupos anidados (por ejemplo, RFC2307bis), esta opción controla el número de niveles de anidado que tendrá el SSSD."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
msgstr "Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de búsqueda de grupo en distribuciones con grupos complejos o profundamente anidados."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr "Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de grupos de inicio (principalmente a la hora de trabajar con grupos complejos o profundamente anidados)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr " La clase de objeto de una entrada de grupo de red en LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre del grupo de red."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del grupo de red."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene las triplas del grupo de red (host, usuario, dominio)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de red de LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de servicio en LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre de los atributos del servicio y sus alias."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el puerto gestionado por este servicio."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los protocolos que entiende este servicio."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
-msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, ámbito de búsqueda y filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas LDAP para este tipo de atributo."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924
msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr " Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten las búsquedas LDAP antes de que se cancelen y los resultados en el caché se devuelvan (y se entre en el modo sin conexión)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten las búsquedas LDAP de enumeraciones de usuarios y grupos antes de que se cancelen y los resultados en el caché se devuelvan (y se entre en el modo sin conexión)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934
msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se devuelva el valor poll(2)/select(2) seguido de connect(2) en caso de que no haya actividad."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se aborten las llamadas a las API LDAP sincrónicas si no se recibe respuesta."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944
msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) que se mantendrá una conexión a un servidor LDAP."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949
msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr "Especifica el número de registros que se deben recuperar de LDAP en una única petición. Algunos servidores LDAP aplican un límite máximo por petición."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr "Inhabilita el control de paginación LDAP"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958
msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr "Cuando se comunique con un servidor LDAP mediante SASL, especifique el nivel de seguridad mínimo necesario para establecer la conexión."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963
msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr "Especifica el número de miembros del grupo que deben faltar del caché interno para que se active una búsqueda de anulación de referencia."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr "Validar certificación del servidor en sesión LDAP TLS"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974
msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene los certificados de todas las autoridades de certificación que reconoce el SSSD."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978
msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr "Especifica la vía a un directorio que contiene los certificados de la autoridad certificadora en archivos individuales separados."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene el certificado de la clave del cliente."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene la clave del cliente."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr "Especifica los conjuntos de cifrado aceptables."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
msgstr "Especifica que la conexión id_provider también debe usar TLS para proteger el canal."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001
msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr "Especifica que el SSSD debe intentar asignar los ID de usuario y grupo desde los atributos ldap_user_objectsid y ldap_group_objectsid, en lugar de confiar en ldap_user_uid_number y ldap_group_gid_number."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr "Especifica el mecanismo de SASL que se debe usar."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr "Especifica el ID de autorización de SASL que se debe usar."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr "Especifica el dominio de SASL que se debe usar."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020
msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr "Si se define como verdadero, la biblioteca LDAP realizará una búsqueda inversa para canonizar el nombre de host durante un enlace SASL."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr "Especifica el archivo keytab que se debe usar al emplear SASL/GSSAPI."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr "Especifica que el parámetro id_provider debe iniciar credenciales de Kerberos (TGT)."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr "Especifica la duración en segundos del TGT si se usa GSSAPI."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr "Selecciona la directiva para evaluar la caducidad de la contraseña en el cliente."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr "Especifica si se debe habilitar la búsqueda automática de referencias."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr "Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar si el descubrimiento de servicios está habilitado."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054
msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr "Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar para buscar un servidor LDAP que permita cambios de contraseña si el descubrimiento de servicios está habilitado."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059
msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr "Especifica si se debe actualizar el atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change con los días transcurridos desde la época posterior a la operación de cambio de contraseña."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064
msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr "Si se usa access_provider = ldap y ldap_access_order = filter (valores por defecto), esta opción es obligatoria. Especifica un criterio de filtro de búsqueda LDAP que se debe cumplir para que al usuario se le otorgue acceso en este host."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069
msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
msgstr " Con esta opción es posible habilitar una evaluación de los atributos de control de acceso del cliente."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr "Lista separada por comas de opciones de control de acceso."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr "Especifica cómo se anulará la referencia de alias al realizar una búsqueda."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085
msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr "Permite conservar los usuarios locales como miembros de un grupo LDAP para los servidores que usen el esquema RFC2307."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, ámbito de búsqueda y filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas LDAP para este tipo de atributo."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, ámbito de búsqueda y filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas LDAP para este tipo de atributo."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, ámbito de búsqueda y filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas LDAP para este tipo de atributo."
+
#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, ámbito de búsqueda y filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas LDAP para este tipo de atributo."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
+msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP."
+msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de grupo en LDAP."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
+msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP."
+msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de grupo en LDAP."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130
+msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "Dirección IP o nombres de host de servidores de Kerberos (separados por comas)"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147
msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de los servidores Kerberos a los que se debe conectar el SSSD, en orden de preferencia."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr "Dominio Kerberos (p. ej., EJEMPLO.COM)"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
msgstr "Si el servicio de cambio de contraseña no se está ejecutando en el KDC, es posible definir servidores alternativos aquí."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr "Directorio para almacenar cachés de credenciales."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr "Ubicación del caché de credenciales del usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176
msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
msgstr " Tiempo límite en segundos para cancelar una petición de autenticación en línea o una petición de cambio de contraseña."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181
msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr "Verifica con ayuda de krb5_keytab que el TGT obtenido no se ha suplantado."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186
msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr "La ubicación del archivo keytab que se debe usar al validar las credenciales obtenidas de los KDC."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr "Almacena la contraseña del usuario si el proveedor está desconectado y se usa para pedir un TGT cuando el proveedor vuelve a conectarse."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195
msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr "Solicita un ticket renovable con una duración total, indicado como un número entero seguido de inmediato por una unidad de tiempo."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199
msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr "Pide el ticket con una duración, indicada como un número entero seguido de inmediato por una unidad de tiempo."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr "El tiempo en segundos entre dos comprobaciones si el TGT se debe renovar."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208
msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
msgstr "Permite el proceso de túnel seguro de autenticación flexible (FAST) para la preautenticación de Kerberos."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr "Especifica el servidor principal que se debe usar para FAST."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr "Especifica si el host y el principal de usuario deben estar canonizados."
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio de Active Directory."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "Direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores AD (separados por comas)"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238
msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr "Lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de los servidores de Active Directory a los que se conectará el SSSD, en orden de preferencia."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243
msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr "Nombre de host AD (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr "Sustituye el directorio personal del usuario."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260
msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr " Especifica el límite inferior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265
msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr "Especifica el límite superior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr "Especifica el número de ID disponibles para cada sección."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr "Especifica el SID de dominio del dominio por defecto."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio por defecto."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283
msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr "Cambia el comportamiento del algoritmo de asignación de ID para que sea similar al algoritmo idmap_autorid de Winbind."
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio IPA."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "Direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores IPA (separados por comas)"
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305
msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr "Nombre de host IPA (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr "La ubicación de automounter que utilizará este cliente IPA."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315
msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr "Esta opción indica a SSSD que actualice automáticamente el servidor DNS creado en FreeIPA v2 con la dirección IP de este cliente."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr "El TTL que se debe aplicar al registro DNS del cliente al actualizarlo."
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr "Elija la interfaz cuya dirección IP se debe usar para las actualizaciones dinámicas de DNS."
+
+#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
+#~ msgstr "El nombre completo base por defecto que se debe usar para realizar la reglas del comando sudo de LDAP."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -492,6 +492,11 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr "Nombre de host del proveedor"
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
+msgid "Port"
+msgstr "Puerto"
+
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr "Usar StartTLS"
@@ -2813,10 +2818,6 @@
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr "Nombre del proveedor"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
-msgid "Port"
-msgstr "Puerto"
-
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr "Tipo de réplica"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -610,55 +610,55 @@
#. ReportingDialog()
#. @return sumbol
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99
msgid "Messages"
msgstr "Mensajes"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105
msgid "Sho&w messages"
msgstr "Mos&trar mensajes"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113
msgid "Lo&g messages"
msgstr "Re&gistrar mensajes"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124
msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)"
msgstr "&Tiempo de espera (en segundos)"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr "Advertencias"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142
msgid "Sh&ow warnings"
msgstr "Mo&strar advertencias"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150
msgid "Log wa&rnings"
msgstr "Registrar adverten&cias"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161
msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)"
msgstr "Tiempo de espera (en s&egundos)"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173
msgid "Errors"
msgstr "Errores"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179
msgid "Show error&s"
msgstr "Mostrar errore&s"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187
msgid "&Log errors"
msgstr "&Registrar errores"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198
msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)"
msgstr "Tiempo de es&pera (en segundos)"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
"installation messages.</p> \n"
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@
"<p>Dependiendo de la experiencia que tenga, puede saltarse los mensajes de instalación,\n"
"registrarlos o mostrarlos (con tiempo de espera).</p> \n"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n"
"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n"
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
"<p>Se recomienda mostrar todos los <b>mensajes</b> con tiempo de espera.\n"
"Las advertencias pueden saltarse en ocasiones pero no deben ignorarse.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226
msgid "Messages and Logging"
msgstr "Mensajes y registro"
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
#. @return [String] new value
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n"
@@ -989,11 +989,11 @@
"archivos de control basados en reglas o en nombres de máquina, debe reiniciar\n"
"el proceso de instalación y asegurarse de que es posible acceder a los archivos de control.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31
msgid "System Profile Location"
msgstr "Ubicación del perfiles del sistema"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46
msgid "&Profile Location:"
msgstr "Ubicación del &perfil:"
@@ -1001,11 +1001,11 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Choose a hard disk"
msgstr "Elija un disco duro"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125
msgid "No disks found."
msgstr "No se ha encontrado discos."
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -1027,13 +1027,13 @@
"</p>"
#. force help text width
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155
msgid "Hard Disk Selection"
msgstr "Selección del disco duro"
#. there is a selection from that one option has to be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr "Seleccione una de las opciones para continuar."
@@ -2257,45 +2257,61 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "Elegir perfil"
+#. Nothing returned by SLP query
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
+msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP."
+msgstr "El perfil de AutoYaST resultante se encuentra en %s."
+
+#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1"
+msgid ""
+"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n"
+"%{url}"
+msgstr "Usando el perfil de AutoYaST %1"
+
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control del disquete"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor TFTP: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor NFS: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor HTTP: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor FTP: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control del archivo %1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control del dispositivo /dev/%1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control de la ubicación por defecto"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "Origen desconocido."
@@ -2305,7 +2321,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2315,7 +2331,7 @@
"<p>Casi todos los recursos del archivo de control\n"
"pueden configurarse por medio del sistema de gestión de la configuración.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2329,7 +2345,7 @@
"de control que puede emplearse para instalar otro sistema usando AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2459,7 +2475,7 @@
#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group
#. the next instructions taints result
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289
msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
msgstr "El grupo de volumen %1 debe tener al menos un volumen físico. Proporcione uno."
@@ -2469,67 +2485,67 @@
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
#. return Summary of configuration
#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "Discos"
#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] "%s unidad en total"
msgstr[1] "%s unidades en total"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728
msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr "Aún no se ha clonado."
#. Return Summary
#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "Guiones previos a la instalación"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "Guiones posteriores a la instalación"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr "Guiones chroot"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr "Guiones init"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr "Guiones de postparticionado"
#. return type of script as formatted string
#. @param script type
#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Pre"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492
msgid "Post"
msgstr "Post"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494
msgid "Init"
msgstr "Init"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr "Chroot"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr "Postparticionado"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconocido"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -1685,13 +1685,13 @@
msgstr "&Detalles..."
#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103
msgid "Messages"
msgstr "Mensajes"
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
msgid "Display Messages: %1"
msgstr "Mostrar mensajes: %1"
@@ -1702,23 +1702,23 @@
#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed
#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "sí"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
@@ -1726,76 +1726,76 @@
#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120
msgid "Time-out Messages: %1"
msgstr "Mensajes de tiempo de espera: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
msgid "Log Messages: %1"
msgstr "Registrar mensajes: %1"
#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr "Advertencias"
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
msgid "Display Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Mostrar advertencias: %1"
#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150
msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Avisos de tiempo de espera: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
msgid "Log Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Registrar advertencias: %1"
#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164
msgid "Errors"
msgstr "Errores"
#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
msgid "Display Errors: %1"
msgstr "Mostrar errores: %1"
#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout?
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180
msgid "Time-out Errors: %1"
msgstr "Errores de tiempo de espera: %1"
#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
msgid "Log Errors: %1"
msgstr "Registrar errores: %1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr "Advertencia:"
#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685
msgid "Error:"
msgstr "Error:"
#. translators: message summary header
#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719
msgid "Message:"
msgstr "Mensaje:"
@@ -3402,7 +3402,7 @@
#. popup heading
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Paquete:"
@@ -3564,15 +3564,15 @@
msgstr "Nombre de &usuario"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Mostrar &detalles"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Tamaño:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Tiempo restante para volver a intentar automáticamente: %1"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -205,11 +205,11 @@
msgstr "Cambiar ubicación: %s"
#. Represents bootloader timeout value
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "&Tiempo límite en segundos"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
@@ -218,11 +218,11 @@
"Especifica el tiempo que el cargador de arranque debe esperar hasta que esté cargado el núcleo por defecto.</p>\n"
#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "Est&ablecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de arranque"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
@@ -235,11 +235,11 @@
"el cargador de arranque esté instalado en el MBR.</p>"
#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "Escribir código de arranque &genérico en el MBR"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
@@ -248,48 +248,48 @@
"operativo que arranca la partición activa).</p>"
#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "&Ocultar menú en el arranque"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Al seleccionar <b>Ocultar menú al arrancar</b> se ocultará el menú de arranque.</p>"
#. Represents if os prober should be run
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173
msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
msgstr "&Sondear sistema operativo foráneo"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177
msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Sondear sistema operativo foráneo</b> sondea otros sistemas operativos mediante os-prober para el multiarranque con otras distribuciones </p>"
#. represents kernel command line
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "&Parámetro de línea de comandos del núcleo opcional"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Parámetro opcional de línea de comandos del núcleo</b> permite definir parámetros adicionales que se deseen enviar al núcleo.</p>"
#. Represents Protective MBR action
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229
msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
msgstr "&Indicador de MBR de protección"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Indicador de MBR de protección</b> es un ajuste para expertos que solo se necesita en hardware muy específico. Para obtener más información, consulte la sección sobre MBR de protección en los discos GPT. No cambie este ajuste si no está seguro de lo que hace.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247
msgid "set"
msgstr "establecer"
#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249
msgid "remove"
msgstr "eliminar"
@@ -297,55 +297,72 @@
#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
#. not be partially based on old data now any more
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251
#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
msgid "do not change"
msgstr "no cambiar"
#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Habilitar asistencia de arranque &seguro"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273
msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
msgstr "Marque esta opción para habilitar el arranque seguro de UEFI\n"
#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294
msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
msgstr "Habilitar asistencia de arranque de &confianza"
#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
-msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
-msgstr "<b>Arranque de confianza</b> instalará la versión de confianza de GRUB2 en lugar de la versión normal de GRUB2.\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
+"instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
+"<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n"
+"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n"
+"chip).</p>\n"
+"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
+"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096
+#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot
+#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556)
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325
+msgid ""
+"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n"
+"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n"
+"The system will not boot otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Represents grub password protection widget
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "&Proteger el cargador de arranque mediante contraseña"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351
msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr "P&roteger solo modificación de entradas"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr "&Contraseña para el usuario Root de GRUB2"
#. text entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Repe&tir contraseña"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "La contraseña no debe estar vacía,"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -354,7 +371,7 @@
"no coinciden. Vuelva a introducir la contraseña"
#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
@@ -363,40 +380,40 @@
"Durante el arranque, para realizar una modificación o incluso para arrancar desde cualquier entrada se requerirá la contraseña. Si la opción <b>Proteger solo modificación de entradas</b> está activada, no hará falta la contraseña para arrancar desde cualquier entrada, pero sí para modificarla (el comportamiento que presentaba GRUB 1).<br>YaST solo aceptará la contraseña si la repite en <b>Repetir contraseña</b>. La contraseña se aplica al usuario Root de GRUB2, que es distinto al usuario Root de Linux. YaST no admite actualmente otros usuarios de GRUB2. Si los necesita, use un guion de GRUB2 distinto.</p></p>"
#. there's mode specified, use it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Elegir nuevo archivo de tema gráfico"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Usar la consola &gráfica"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "Resolución de &consola"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "Tema de la &consola"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr "Autodetectar mediante grub2"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "Usar la consola en &serie"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "Argumentos de la &consola"
#. represent choosing default section to boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "Sección de arranque por &defecto"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596
msgid ""
"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
@@ -413,40 +430,40 @@
" por defecto. Es posible cambiar el orden de las secciones en el menú del cargador de arranque utilizando los botones <b>Arriba</b> y <b>Abajo.</b></p>\n"
#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Ubicación del cargador de arranque"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685
msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr "Si se marca, se debe especificar un dispositivo de arranque personalizado"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Iniciar desde la par&tición de arranque"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714
msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr "&Arrancar desde partición raíz"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Iniciar desde el &MBR"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Iniciar d&esde la partición extendida"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Partición de arranq&ue personalizada"
#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740
msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr "&Editar orden de arranque de discos"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -461,17 +478,17 @@
"Para eliminar un disco, haga clic en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767
msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "&Parámetros del núcleo"
#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792
msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr "&Opciones del código de arranque"
#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858
msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr "Op&ciones del cargador de arranque"
@@ -622,3 +639,6 @@
#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque"
+
+#~ msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
+#~ msgstr "<b>Arranque de confianza</b> instalará la versión de confianza de GRUB2 en lugar de la versión normal de GRUB2.\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cio\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cluster\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Configuración de la instalación"
@@ -75,21 +75,21 @@
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Valores de configuración de la instalación en vivo"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Actualizar configuración"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración de red"
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración del hardware"
@@ -107,17 +107,18 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Preparación"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Cargar configuración de red de linuxrc"
@@ -127,78 +128,79 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Configuración automática de red"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-msgid "Welcome"
-msgstr "Bienvenido"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
+msgid "Installer Update"
+msgstr "Actualización del instalador"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-msgid "Network Activation"
-msgstr "Activación de la red"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+msgid "Welcome"
+msgstr "Bienvenido"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Disk Activation"
-msgstr "Activación de disco"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Network Activation"
+msgstr "Activación de la red"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-msgid "System Analysis"
-msgstr "Análisis del sistema"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+msgid "Disk Activation"
+msgstr "Activación de disco"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-msgid "Installer Update"
-msgstr "Actualización del instalador"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+msgid "System Analysis"
+msgstr "Análisis del sistema"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Productos complementarios"
@@ -206,8 +208,8 @@
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disco"
@@ -215,22 +217,22 @@
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Zona horaria"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Valores de configuración del usuario"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Descripción general de la instalación"
@@ -281,31 +283,31 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Realizar la instalación"
@@ -317,27 +319,27 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr "Limpieza del instalador"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Instalación"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Sistema que actualizar"
@@ -345,8 +347,8 @@
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Actualización"
@@ -383,47 +385,47 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Actualizar"
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Instalación base"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "Configuración de AutoYaST"
@@ -431,9 +433,9 @@
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración"
@@ -441,8 +443,8 @@
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración del sistema"
@@ -622,15 +624,14 @@
msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
msgstr "Escritorio Enlightenment"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Selección de servidor mínima (modo de texto)"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
msgid "Online Repositories"
msgstr "Repositorios en línea"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr "Selección de escritorio"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Selección de servidor mínima (modo de texto)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -327,8 +327,8 @@
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr "Idiomas adicionales: %1"
@@ -583,25 +583,35 @@
msgstr "Adaptar la &zona horaria a %1"
#. busy message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375
msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..."
msgstr "Descargando extensión de idioma del sistema de instalación..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
+#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406
+msgid ""
+"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n"
+"available at %{directory}.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866
msgid "Primary Language: %1"
msgstr "Idioma principal: %1"
#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Instalando paquetes..."
#. continue/cancel message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130
msgid ""
"Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n"
"Some texts may be displayed in English.\n"
@@ -610,7 +620,7 @@
"Puede que algunos textos aparezcan en inglés.\n"
#. popup message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
@@ -621,7 +631,7 @@
"con este idioma.\n"
#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373
msgid ""
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 13:42+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: jcsl \n"
"Language-Team: Spanish \n"
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
#. radiobutton label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
msgid "Architecture"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Arquitectura"
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: drbd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -310,12 +310,26 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuración de LVM</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+#| "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+#| "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
@@ -473,40 +487,36 @@
"Pulse <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar.\n"
" <br></p>\n"
-#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Configuración de filtro LVM de DRBD"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
-msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
-msgstr "Modificar filtro de dispositivos LVM automáticamente"
-
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "Filtro de dispositivos"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr "Escribiendo caché LVM"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr "Habilitar caché LVM"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74
msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
msgstr "¡Advertencia! Se debe inhabilitar el caché LVM para usar drbd."
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85
msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
msgstr "Usar lvmetad para LVM"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94
msgid "Use LVM metad"
msgstr "Usar LVM metad"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99
msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
msgstr "¡Advertencia! No se debe usar lvmetad para el clúster."
@@ -536,61 +546,61 @@
msgstr "Guardar"
#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555
msgid "OK"
msgstr "Aceptar"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
msgid "Node name can not be empty."
msgstr "El nombre del nodo no puede estar vacío."
#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618
msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
msgstr "La dirección IPv6 debe indicarse entre corchetes."
#. IPv6 should including port
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631
msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
msgstr "IP/puerto debe usar la combinación \"dir:puerto\"."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639
msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
msgstr "Introduzca un dirección IP válida."
#. Checking the port is number
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646
msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
msgstr "Introduzca un número de puerto válido."
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr "Los nombres de nodos no deben incluir \".\" , se empleará el hombre de host local."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr "Cumplimente todos los campos."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749
msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
msgstr "Configure al menos dos nodos."
#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784
msgid "Enter the node name:"
msgstr "Introduzca el nombre del nodo:"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790
msgid "Node name must be different."
msgstr "Los nombres de los nodos deben ser diferentes."
@@ -697,70 +707,70 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr "Error al fusionar los archivos conf separados de DRBD\n"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr "Error al escribir drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando la configuración de DRBD"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Leer valores de configuración globales"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Leer recursos"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "Leer configuraciones de LVM"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Leer estado del daemon"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Leer la configuración de SuSEFirewall"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Leyendo los valores de configuración globales..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Leyendo los recursos..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Leyendo configuraciones de LVM..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Leyendo el estado del daemon..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Terminado"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr "Error al realizar la copia de seguridad de drbd.conf"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr "Error al limpiar drbd.conf para la prueba drbdadm"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
@@ -768,12 +778,12 @@
"Configuración no válida del recurso %1\n"
"%2"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr "Error al recuperar drbd.conf"
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de DRBD"
@@ -781,46 +791,49 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Escribir valores de configuración globales"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Escribir recursos"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "Escribir configuraciones de LVM"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Definir estado del daemon"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Escribir la configuración de SuSEfirewall"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Escribiendo valores de configuración globales..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Escribiendo recursos..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Escribiendo configuraciones de LVM..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Definiendo estado del daemon..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de SuSEfirewall"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr "Error al crear el directorio /etc/drbd.d"
+
+#~ msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
+#~ msgstr "Modificar filtro de dispositivos LVM automáticamente"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fonts.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fonts.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fonts.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Pablo Iranzo Gómez \n"
"Language-Team: Spanish \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
msgstr "Actualizaciones para %1 %2"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Producto desconocido"
@@ -513,14 +513,14 @@
#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
#. 28 = Operation timeout.
#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "Notas de la &versión..."
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -584,49 +584,49 @@
"</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia"
#. combo box label
#. combobox
#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Idioma"
#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "Distribución del &teclado"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "Sí, &acepto el acuerdo de licencia."
#. Report error about missing license acceptance
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr "Debe aceptar la licencia para instalar este producto"
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
#. the translation VERY short.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402
msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
msgstr "Ubicación del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final en el sistema instalado: %s"
#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425
msgid "K&eyboard Test"
msgstr "Prueba de t&eclado"
#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459
msgid "License &Translations..."
msgstr "Licencia y traducciones..."
@@ -807,33 +807,33 @@
msgstr "Disco duro para distribución de imagen"
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Detectando las controladoras disponibles"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Activación de disco"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Configurar discos &DASD"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Configurar discos &ZFCP"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Configurar interfaces &FCoE"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Configurar discos &iSCSI"
#. Finish
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176
msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "&Configuración de red..."
@@ -864,17 +864,17 @@
msgstr "Inicializando la instalación..."
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
msgstr "Se han encontrado actualizaciones de paquetes en los siguientes repositorios adicionales:"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
msgstr "¿Desea iniciar el gestor de software para comprobar si hay actualizaciones e instalarlas?"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr "Mostrar actualizaciones de &paquetes"
@@ -1195,88 +1195,88 @@
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "Analizando el equipo"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr "Probar los dispositivos USB"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "Probando los dispositivos USB..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr "Probar los dispositivos FireWire"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "Probando dispositivos FireWire..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "Probar dispositivos de disquetera"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "Probando dispositivos de disquetera..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Probar controladores de disco duro"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Probando controladores de disco duro..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Cargar módulos del núcleo para los controladores de disco duro"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Cargando módulos del núcleo para los controladores de disco duro..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "Probar discos duros"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Probando discos duros..."
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Buscar archivos de sistema"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Buscando archivos de sistema..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Inicializar el gestor de software"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Inicializando el gestor de software..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Probando el sistema"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
msgstr "YaST está sondeando el hardware del equipo y los sistemas instalados."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@
"Consulte drivers.suse.com si necesita controladores de hardware particulares para la instalación."
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@
"Compruebe el hardware.\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@
"(especialmente en sistemas s390 o iSCSI).\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@
"%1\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1327,8 +1327,34 @@
"Se ha producido un error al inicializar los repositorios de software.\n"
"Abortando la instalación."
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225
+msgid ""
+"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
+"from the registration server.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository
+#. URL from control.xml
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>The automounter package will be installed.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
+msgstr "<p>El paquete automounter será instalado.</p>"
+
+#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#.
+#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers
+#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected;
+#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"to search for installer updates."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389
msgid ""
"A valid update could not be found at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1339,7 +1365,7 @@
"\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395
msgid ""
"Could not fetch update from\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1354,9 +1380,10 @@
#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
#.
+#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message
#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
#. false if the network is not configured.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425
msgid ""
"\n"
"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
@@ -1369,7 +1396,7 @@
#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470
msgid ""
"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
"%s\n"
@@ -1391,6 +1418,63 @@
"Si necesita un servidor proxy para actualizar el repositorio,\n"
"use el parámetro de arranque proxy.\n"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Update Repository"
+msgid "Add Update Repository"
+msgstr "Repositorio de actualización"
+
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:712
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:739 include/mail/ui.ycp:823
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:811 include/mail/ui.ycp:895
+# include/mail/ui.ycp:1005 include/mail/ui.ycp:1099
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
+msgid "Download the Packages"
+msgstr "Mantener paquetes descargados"
+
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Copy the packages"
+msgid "Apply the Packages"
+msgstr "Copiar los paquetes"
+
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:59
+# include/ui/common_messages.ycp:63
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582
+msgid "Restart"
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
+
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select an AutoYast Profile"
+msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile"
+msgstr "Seleccionar un perfil de AutoYast"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..."
+msgid "Updating the Installer..."
+msgstr "Actualizando el volumen del sonido..."
+
+#. Fetch the profile from the given URI
+#.
+#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise
+#.
+#. @see Yast::Profile.current
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error reading control file."
+msgid ""
+"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "Error al leer el archivo de control."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1444,8 +1528,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Cambiar..."
@@ -1740,8 +1824,11 @@
msgstr "No tiene sentido escribir estos ajustes en el sistema."
#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size
+#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length
+#. is used to avoid this issue.
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98
msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
msgstr "Importar claves de host SSH y configuración"
@@ -1818,26 +1905,26 @@
msgstr "Copiando los archivos de registro en el sistema instalado..."
#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65
msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
msgstr "Quiero importar las claves SSH de una instalación anterior"
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102
msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Cada servidor SSH se identifica con una o varias claves de host públicas. Seleccione una instalación de Linux existente para reutilizar las claves de host y, por lo tanto, la identidad de su servidor SSH. Los archivos de clave que se encuentran en /etc/ssh (un par de archivos por clave de host) se copiarán al nuevo sistema que se va a instalar.</p><p>Marque <b>Importar configuración de SSH</b> para copiar también los archivos de /etc/ssh, además de las claves.</p>"
#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Dispositivo"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
#. is a string like /dev/sda1
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136
msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
msgstr "%{system_name} en %{device}"
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141
msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Importar configuración de SSH"
@@ -1862,7 +1949,7 @@
msgstr "Omitiendo configuración a petición del usuario."
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1871,25 +1958,25 @@
"ser resuelto antes de continuar.\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Adaptando la propuesta a la configuración actual..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Analizando el sistema..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ERROR: no hay ninguna propuesta"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1902,36 +1989,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Omitir configuración"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Usar la siguiente configuración"
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr "Haga clic en un encabezado para hacer cambios o utilice el menú Cambiar más abajo."
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Haga clic en un titular para hacer cambios."
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Restablecer valores por defecto"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Actualizar"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Instalar"
@@ -1966,7 +2053,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1979,7 +2066,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1991,7 +2078,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2003,7 +2090,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2015,7 +2102,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2026,12 +2113,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<p><b>Propuesta de instalación UML</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2042,7 +2129,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2060,7 +2147,7 @@
msgstr "Habilitando administración remota..."
#. A Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80
msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
msgstr "Al cambiar la función del sistema podrían deshacerse los ajustes que haya hecho."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: instserver\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Pablo Iranzo Gómez \n"
"Language-Team: Spanish \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Para aplicar los cambios, es preciso reiniciar."
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
@@ -1240,129 +1240,129 @@
"Consulte %{log} para obtener más detalles."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de kdump"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Leyendo el archivo de configuración..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Leyendo opciones de arranque del núcleo..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr "Calculando límites de memoria..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Leyendo las particiones de discos..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Leyendo memoria disponible y calibrando uso..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de configuración /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "No es posible leer las opciones de arranque del núcleo."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "No es posible leer la memoria disponible."
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Guardando la configuración de kdump"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Actualizar opciones de arranque"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Actualizando opciones de arranque..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Terminado"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Error al añadir el parámetro crashkernel en el cargador de arranque."
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Estado de kdump: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "HABILITADO"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "INHABILITADO"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Valores de la opción crashkernel: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Formato de volcado de datos: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Objetivo de los volcados: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Número de volcados: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
msgstr "¡Advertencia! Quizá no haya suficiente espacio disponible. Necesitará %{required}, pero solo hay %{available} disponible."
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opciones"
@@ -741,13 +741,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Advertencia: no se ha usado cifrado."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Cambiar."
@@ -1118,14 +1118,14 @@
#. ComboBox label
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "Tipo de &dispositivo"
#. ComboBox label
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "Nombre de la &configuración"
@@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@
msgstr "Grupo del túnel"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos con puente"
@@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "Dirección &IP"
@@ -1306,62 +1306,61 @@
"Se ha detectado una dirección IP duplicada.\n"
"¿Desea continuar?\n"
-#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
-#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
+#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&General"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Activación del dispositivo"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Zona de cortafuegos"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "Unidad de transmisión máxima (MTU)"
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Aquí puede definir la configuración detallada de la tarjeta de red.</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Dirección"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Configurar su dirección IP.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Hardware"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "Esclavos &asociados"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Inalámbrica"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr "Prioridad de Ifplugd"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1376,12 +1375,12 @@
"una prioridad a cada interfaz. </p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Configuración de tarjeta de red"
#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618
msgid ""
"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
@@ -1771,7 +1770,7 @@
msgstr "Modificar ruta por defecto mediante DHCP"
#. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1781,7 +1780,7 @@
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
@@ -1789,7 +1788,7 @@
"<p><b>Tipos de dispositivo</b>. Hay disponibles varios tipos de dispositivos. Seleccione\n"
"uno de acuerdo a sus necesidades.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
@@ -1799,7 +1798,7 @@
"que asocian la dirección Mac o el ID de bus del dispositivo de red con su nombre (por ejemplo,\n"
"eth1 o wlan0) y los hace persistentes entre reinicios.\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1810,7 +1809,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1821,7 +1820,7 @@
"Si es necesario, elija un controlador en la lista, aunque en la mayoría de los casos, es suficiente con los valores por defecto.</p>\n"
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
@@ -1831,12 +1830,12 @@
"formato:<i>opción</i>=<i>valor</i>. Cada entrada debe estar separada por espacios; por ejemplo, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Nota:</b> Si se configuran dos\n"
" tarjetas con el mismo nombre de módulo, las opciones se fusionaran al guardarse.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Si especifica opciones en <b>Opciones de Ethtool</b>, ifup llamará a ethtool con esas opciones.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
"If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1846,7 +1845,7 @@
#. overwrite help
#. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1855,7 +1854,7 @@
"escribirán en <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> o <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162
msgid ""
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
@@ -1864,62 +1863,62 @@
"en el manual <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290
msgid "&PCMCIA"
msgstr "&PCMCIA"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299
msgid "&USB"
msgstr "&USB"
#. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311
msgid "&Kernel Module"
msgstr "Módulo del &kernel"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321
msgid "&Module Name"
msgstr "Nombre del &módulo"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374
msgid "Udev Rules"
msgstr "Reglas de udev"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377
msgid "Change"
msgstr "Cambiar"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388
msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
msgstr "Mostrar identificación de puerto visible"
#. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Segundos"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398
msgid "Blink"
msgstr "Parpadear"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403
msgid "Ethtool Options"
msgstr "Opciones de Ethtool"
#. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481
msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
msgstr "Selección manual de la tarjeta de red"
#. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484
msgid ""
"<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -1929,27 +1928,43 @@
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546
msgid "&Network Card"
msgstr "Tarjeta de &red"
#. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "&Buscar"
#. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
+#| "Choose a different one."
msgid ""
-"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
+"Configuration name %s already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
msgstr ""
"El nombre de configuración %1 ya existe.\n"
"Escoja otro."
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
+#| "Choose a different one."
+msgid ""
+"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n"
+"Choose a different one."
+msgstr ""
+"El nombre de configuración %1 ya existe.\n"
+"Escoja otro."
+
#. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866
msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta de red S/390"
@@ -1957,131 +1972,131 @@
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091
msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
msgstr "Configuración del dispositivo S/390 "
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895
msgid "&Port Name"
msgstr "&Nombre de puerto "
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Número de puerto"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914
msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
msgstr "&Activar transferencia IPA"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921
msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
msgstr "Habilitar soporte para &Layer2"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928
msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
msgstr "Dirección &MAC de Layer2"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066
msgid "Read Channel"
msgstr "Canal de lectura"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072
msgid "Write Channel"
msgstr "Canal de escritura"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948
msgid "Control Channel"
msgstr "Canal de control"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Introduzca el <b>Nombre de puerto</b> para esta interfaz (distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas).</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963
msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
msgstr "<p>Introduzca las <b>opciones</b> adicionales para esta interfaz (separadas por espacios).</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Activar transferencia IPA</b> si desea activar la transferencia de direcciones IP para esta interfaz.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969
msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Habilitar soporte para Layer2</b> si la tarjeta está configurada con el soporte para Layer2.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Introduzca la <b>Dirección MAC de Layer2</b> si la tarjeta está configurada con el soporte para Layer2.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996
msgid "&Port Number"
msgstr "Número de &puerto"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004
msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
msgstr "&Tiempo límite de LANCMD"
#. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Elija el <b>Número de puerto</b> para esta interfaz.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Especifique el <b>Tiempo límite de LANCMD</b> para esta interfaz.</p>"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035
msgid "Compatibility Mode"
msgstr "Modo de compatibilidad"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037
msgid "Extended Mode"
msgstr "Modo extendido"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039
msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
msgstr "tty basado en CTC (conexiones de Linux a Linux)"
#. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
msgstr "Modo de compatibilidad con OS/390 y z/OS"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocolo"
#. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Elija el <b>Protocolo</b> para esta interfaz.</p>"
#. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100
msgid "&Peer Name"
msgstr "&Nombre del conector (peer)"
#. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2089,7 +2104,7 @@
"<p>Introduzca el nombre del conector IUCV;\n"
"por ejemplo, el nombre de usuario z/VM con el que desea conectar (distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas).</p>\n"
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224
msgid ""
"An error occurred while creating device.\n"
"See YaST log for details."
@@ -2099,7 +2114,7 @@
#. Manual network card configuration dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246
msgid "Hardware Dialog"
msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo del hardware"
@@ -2753,29 +2768,29 @@
"'wireless' en el mismo directorio.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203
msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
msgstr "Etiquet&a de dirección IPv4"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "&Máscara de red"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241
msgid "Label is too long."
msgstr "La etiqueta es demasiada larga."
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "La dirección IP es no es válida."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260
msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
msgstr "La máscara de subred no es válida."
@@ -3412,7 +3427,7 @@
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
@@ -3421,26 +3436,26 @@
"esta está inhabilitada. YaST no puede configurar algunas opciones."
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Tarjetas de red"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Módems"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "Tarjetas RDSI"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos ADSL"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Todos los dispositivos de red"
@@ -4379,79 +4394,79 @@
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Iniciado automáticamente durante el arranque"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Iniciado automáticamente al conectar el cable"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Gestionado por NetworkManager"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "No se iniciará en absoluto"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Iniciado manualmente"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "Dirección IP asignada usando"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "Dirección IP: %s/%s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "Dirección IP: %s, máscara de subred %s"
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Sin configurar"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo: %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Vínculos asociados"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr "esclavo en %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "Principal en el vinculo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Sin conexión"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "No hay información del hardware"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "No es posible configurar la tarjeta de red porque el dispositivo de núcleo (eth0, wlan0) no está presente. Probablemente se deba a que falta el firmware (en dispositivos WLAN). Consulte el resultado de dmesg para obtener más detalles."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
@@ -4459,11 +4474,11 @@
"El dispositivo no está configurado. Haga clic en <b>Editar</b>\n"
"para configurarlo.\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Necesita firmware"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "Desconocido"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 17:28-0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Sergio Gabriel Teves \n"
"Language-Team: Spanish \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 14:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: jcsl \n"
"Language-Team: Spanish \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Detalles:"
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?"
@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@
#. popup error
#. popup error
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "Se ha producido un error al preparar el sistema de instalación."
@@ -1537,8 +1537,8 @@
#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Producto desconocido"
@@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "No es posible utilizar productos adicionales."
@@ -1563,12 +1563,12 @@
msgstr "URL: %1, Vía: %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Productos adicionales"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
@@ -1576,28 +1576,30 @@
"El repositorio de instalación también contiene los repositorios adicionales\n"
"mostrados. Seleccione los que desee utilizar.\n"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Productos adicionales para seleccionarlos"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Añadir &productos seleccionados"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Introduzca el medio del producto adicional %1"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Introduzca el medio %1 %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
-msgid "Unable to add product %1."
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to add product %1."
+msgid "Unable to add product %s."
msgstr "No es posible añadir el producto %1."
#. update the trusted flag
@@ -1730,23 +1732,23 @@
msgstr "Aplicando RPM delta: %1"
#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr "Su equipo es un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits, pero está intentando instalar una distribución de 32 bits."
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
msgstr "<P>La lista de patrones muestra qué función estará disponible después de instalar el sistema.</P>"
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>La propuesta muestra el tamaño total de los archivos que se instalarán en el sistema. Sin embargo, el sistema albergará también otros archivos (temporales y de trabajo), por lo que el espacio usado puede ser ligeramente mayor al mostrado. Es, por lo tanto, una buena idea contar con al menos un 25 % (o 300 MB) de espacio libre antes de comenzar la instalación.</P>"
#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
@@ -1755,107 +1757,107 @@
"descargarán desde repositorios remotos (red). Este valor es importante si la conexión es lenta o existe un límite de descargas.</P>\n"
#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Propuesta de software</B></P>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "Producto: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "Tipo de sistema: %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "Patrones:<br>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Tamaño de los paquetes que se van a instalar: %1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "Descargando desde repositorios remotos: %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr "Estos productos adicionales se han marcado para eliminarse automáticamente: %1"
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
msgstr "Póngase en contacto con los proveedores de estos productos adicionales para conseguir un nuevo medio de instalación."
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
msgstr "Póngase en contacto con el proveedor del producto adicional para conseguir un nuevo medio de instalación."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
msgstr "Error : no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio básico %1 (dispositivo %2). No se puede empezar la instalación."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr "Advertencia: no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio %1 (dispositivo %2)."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente en el disco."
#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente en el disco. Elimine algunos paquetes en la selección individual."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "El espacio disponible es sólo de %1 (%2%%) en la partición %3.<BR>"
#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr "El nuevo producto <b>%s</b> se instalará"
#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr "El producto <b>%s</b> se actualizará"
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr "El producto <b>%{old_product}</b> se actualizará a <b>%{new_product}</b>"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
msgstr "El producto <b>%s</b> seguirá instalado"
#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr "<b>Advertencia:</b> el producto <b>%s</b> se eliminará."
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr "<b>Error:</b> el producto <b>%s</b> se eliminará automáticamente."
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1872,12 +1874,12 @@
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún repositorio en \"%1\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1888,31 +1890,31 @@
"las notas de la versión actualizadas desde el servidor Web de SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n"
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Integrando medios arrancados..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Error al integrar el repositorio del Service Pack."
#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Inicializando repositorios..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "Introduzca el CD 1 de %1"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "No se ha encontrado el CD 1 de %1"
#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -1921,7 +1923,7 @@
"Consulte el archivo de registro %1 para obtener más información."
#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -1930,12 +1932,12 @@
"Se invocará nuevamente la propuesta de software."
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Evaluando selección de paquetes..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1946,27 +1948,27 @@
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de licencia %1."
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
msgstr "Para mostrar adecuadamente la licencia del producto, coloque el archivo license.tar.gz en la raíz del medio activo al construir la imagen."
#. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Idioma"
#. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "Sí, &acepto el acuerdo de licencia."
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %s is replaced with the directory name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416
msgid ""
"This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
"%s"
@@ -1976,7 +1978,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %s is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
"on the first media in the file %s"
@@ -1985,7 +1987,7 @@
"busque el archivo %s en el primer medio."
#. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438
msgid ""
"<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -1999,28 +2001,20 @@
#. #459391
#. If a progress is running open another dialog
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
msgstr "¿Seguro que desea abortar la instalación de este producto adicional?"
-#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
+#. text changed due to bug #162499
+#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095
msgid ""
-"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
-"Really refuse the agreement?"
-msgstr ""
-"Al rechazar el acuerdo de licencia no se puede continuar con la instalación.\n"
-"¿Desea realmente rechazar este acuerdo?"
-
-#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
-msgid ""
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2028,18 +2022,18 @@
"del producto adicional. ¿Desea realmente rechazar este acuerdo?"
#. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
msgstr "Se está apagando el sistema..."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia de %s"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
@@ -2963,3 +2957,10 @@
#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "Deseleccione algunos paquetes."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
+#~ "Really refuse the agreement?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Al rechazar el acuerdo de licencia no se puede continuar con la instalación.\n"
+#~ "¿Desea realmente rechazar este acuerdo?"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rear\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:08\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -308,15 +308,14 @@
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr "Importando certificado %s..."
-#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
-#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
+#. workaround after string freeze
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr "Error de conexión segura: %s"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -330,13 +329,13 @@
#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr "URL no válida."
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
@@ -344,7 +343,7 @@
"La red no está configurada. No se puede acceder al servidor de registro.\n"
"¿Desea configurar la red ahora?"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr "Error de red. Compruebe la configuración de la red."
@@ -585,23 +584,23 @@
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90
msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
msgstr "&Filtrar versiones Beta"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detalles"
#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr "Seleccione una extensión o un módulo para mostrar aquí sus detalles"
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr "%s (no disponible)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: s390\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: security\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -1235,6 +1235,10 @@
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr "Configuraciones de seguridad predefinidas"
+#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Seguridad"
+
#. Dialog caption
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159
msgid "Security Configuration"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: snapper\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -1041,9 +1041,17 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning:\n"
+#| "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
+#| "Please, consider creating one.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really use this setup?\n"
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
-"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
+"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n"
+"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n"
"Please, consider creating one.\n"
"\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
@@ -1055,7 +1063,7 @@
"¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1076,7 +1084,7 @@
"¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1091,7 +1099,7 @@
"¿Seguro que desea mantener el tamaño de la partición de arranque?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1108,12 +1116,21 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
+#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
+#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n"
+#| "with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n"
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n"
-"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
+"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n"
+"PReP Boot on GPT.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1125,7 +1142,7 @@
"¿Seguro que desea usar la configuración sin una partición /boot?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1145,7 +1162,7 @@
"\n"
"¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1158,7 +1175,7 @@
"¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1175,7 +1192,7 @@
"¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -1200,7 +1217,7 @@
"¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1225,12 +1242,12 @@
"¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -1251,7 +1268,7 @@
"¿Seguro que desea utilizar la configuración sin una partición de intercambio?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1264,7 +1281,7 @@
"sobre todo en estos casos:\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1277,7 +1294,7 @@
"- si esta partición todavía no contiene un sistema de archivos\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -1288,7 +1305,7 @@
"estándar, como /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1299,7 +1316,7 @@
"¿Desea mantener la partición sin formatear?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1308,7 +1325,7 @@
"Elimínelo de RAID antes de editarlo.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1317,7 +1334,7 @@
"Elimínelo del grupo de volúmenes antes de editarlo.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1326,7 +1343,7 @@
"Elimine el volumen antes de editar el dispositivo.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1335,7 +1352,7 @@
"Elimínelo de RAID antes de suprimirlo.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1343,12 +1360,12 @@
"%1 está utilizando el dispositivo (%2).\n"
"Elimine %1 antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "No puede suprimirse mientras está montado."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1357,7 +1374,7 @@
"hay otra partición lógica en uso con un número superior.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1370,7 +1387,7 @@
"Seleccione Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está haciendo.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1383,7 +1400,7 @@
"asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de su(s) respectivo(s) grupo(s) de volúmenes antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1397,7 +1414,7 @@
"de sus respectivos sistemas RAID antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -3231,7 +3248,7 @@
#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "El disco está en uso y no se puede modificar."
@@ -6063,11 +6080,11 @@
msgstr "¿Desea continuar a pesar del error?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr "No es posible crear particiones, ya que se están usando otras particiones del disco."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6077,7 +6094,7 @@
"El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene una partición\n"
"de intercambio activa que se necesita para la instalación.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6087,7 +6104,7 @@
"El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene información\n"
"necesaria para la instalación.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6097,7 +6114,7 @@
"El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene una\n"
"partición de intercambio activa necesaria para la instalación.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6107,7 +6124,7 @@
"El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene\n"
"información necesaria para la instalación.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6119,7 +6136,7 @@
"dispositivo %2, que contiene una participación de intercambio activada necesaria \n"
"para la instalación.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6130,7 +6147,7 @@
"dispositivo %2, que contiene información necesaria para la instalación.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6141,18 +6158,18 @@
"otras particiones del disco %2.\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "No hay nada asignado para el sistema de archivos raíz."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Casi con certeza, la instalación sufrirá un error grave."
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Error al añadir los siguientes elementos de resolución: %1"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sudo\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: support\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -166,9 +166,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconocido"
@@ -271,19 +271,6 @@
"¿Está seguro de querer devolver la selección\n"
"detallada a su estado original?"
-#. error report
-#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
-msgid "Failed to mount target system"
-msgstr "No ha sido posible montar el sistema destino."
-
-#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84
-msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
-msgstr "Se ha detectado una instalación posiblemente incompleta."
-
#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Packages to Update: %1"
@@ -329,6 +316,14 @@
msgid "%1 on root partition %2"
msgstr "%1 en la partición raíz %2"
+#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
+#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64
+msgid "Failed to mount target system"
+msgstr "No ha sido posible montar el sistema destino."
+
#. this is a heading
#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149
msgid "Selected for Update"
@@ -582,8 +577,13 @@
msgid "&Yes, Continue"
msgstr "&Sí, deseo continuar"
+#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
+#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69
+msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
+msgstr "Se ha detectado una instalación posiblemente incompleta."
+
#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
@@ -592,17 +592,17 @@
"para obtener información sobre cómo resolver este problema."
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr "Sistema Linux desconocido"
#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr "Sistema no Linux"
#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@
"o reinicie el equipo.\n"
#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr "Comprobando la partición %1"
@@ -626,23 +626,23 @@
#. @param string button (true)
#. @param string button (false)
#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "Mostrar &detalles"
#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr "Comprobando el sistema de archivos de %1..."
#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "Error al comprobar el sistema de archivos"
#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -653,24 +653,24 @@
"¿Desea seguir montando el dispositivo?\n"
#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "&Omitir montaje"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "Contraseña incorrecta. ¿Desea volver a intentarlo?"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Advertencia"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
"¿Desea continuar actualizando el sistema actual?\n"
#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -708,27 +708,27 @@
"Si desea abortar la actualización, haga clic en Cancelar.\n"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "&Especificar opciones de montaje"
#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Punto de &Montaje"
#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Dispositivo"
#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -737,12 +737,12 @@
"(vacío para la detección automática)"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "No ha sido posible montar la partición /var %1.\n"
#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -754,17 +754,17 @@
"<b>ID de udev:</b> %5,<br>\n"
"<b>Ruta de udev:</b> %6"
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ninguno"
#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "No se encuentra la partición /var automáticamente"
#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -775,22 +775,22 @@
"para continuar con el proceso de actualización."
#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "&Seleccionar dispositivo de partición /var"
#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "Información de dispositivo"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "No es posible montar la partición /var con esta configuración del disco.\n"
#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -816,32 +816,32 @@
"sistema antiguo y cambiar el método de montaje por algún otro para todas las particiones."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "No se ha encontrado fstab."
#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "La partición raíz en /etc/fstab tiene un dispositivo raíz no válido.\n"
#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "Está montado actualmente como %1 pero aparece en la lista como %2.\n"
#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Evaluando partición raíz. Espere un momento..."
#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr "Montando las particiones. Un momento por favor..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "Buscando sistemas disponibles"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
@@ -245,6 +245,18 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "Nuevo UID del usuario"
+#. Checking double user entries
+#. (double username or UID)
+#. @param [Array] users to check
+#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172
+msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823)
+#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178
+msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>."
+msgstr ""
+
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -672,7 +684,7 @@
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -712,7 +724,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585
msgid "User's &Full Name"
msgstr "&Nombre completo del usuario"
@@ -734,7 +746,7 @@
#. input field for login name
#. input field for login name
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "Nombre de &usuario"
@@ -751,7 +763,7 @@
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616
msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgstr "Utilizar e&sta contraseña para el administrador del sistema"
@@ -947,7 +959,7 @@
#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485
msgid "Really use this password?"
msgstr "¿Seguro que desea usar esta contraseña?"
@@ -1085,7 +1097,7 @@
"</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
@@ -1263,7 +1275,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
@@ -1317,7 +1329,7 @@
#. these are used only during installation time
#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
@@ -2093,7 +2105,7 @@
#. the type of user set
#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "Usuarios locales"
@@ -3182,7 +3194,7 @@
"Inténtelo de nuevo."
#. reenable suggestion
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
@@ -3194,11 +3206,11 @@
"Los usuarios locales están almacenados en <i>/etc/passwd</i> y en <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
msgid "Create new user"
msgstr "Crear nuevo usuario"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
@@ -3211,7 +3223,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
@@ -3223,7 +3235,7 @@
" y %{max} caracteres.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
@@ -3239,15 +3251,15 @@
"restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man para obtener información.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Utilizar esta contraseña para el administrador del sistema</b> si la contraseña especificada para el primer usuario debe usarse también para el usuario root.</p>"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187
msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr "Importar datos de usuario de instalación anterior"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
@@ -3263,11 +3275,11 @@
"básica.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196
msgid "Skip User Creation"
msgstr "Omitir creación de usuarios"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
@@ -3281,12 +3293,12 @@
"un usuario local.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279
msgid "Local User"
msgstr "Usuario local"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332
msgid ""
"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
@@ -3297,7 +3309,7 @@
"Omitir creación de usuarios."
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389
msgid ""
"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
@@ -3308,34 +3320,34 @@
"Omitir creación de usuarios."
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516
msgid "&Create New User"
msgstr "&Crear nuevo usuario"
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539
msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr "&Importar datos de usuario de instalación anterior"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549
msgid "Choose Users"
msgstr "Seleccionar usuarios"
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565
msgid "&Skip User Creation"
msgstr "&Omitir creación de usuarios"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621
msgid "&Automatic Login"
msgstr "Inicio de sesión &automático"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
msgid "No users selected"
msgstr "Ningún usuario seleccionado"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630
msgid "%d user will be imported"
msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
msgstr[0] "Se importará %d usuario."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -14,43 +14,41 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Manage VPN client secrets.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
+#. Manage VPN client secrets.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways"
msgstr "Clave precompartida para las puertas de enlace"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
msgid "Gateway IP"
msgstr "IP de puerta de enlace"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
msgid "Pre-shared key"
msgstr "Clave precompartida"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
msgid "Set"
msgstr "Conjunto"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
msgid "Show key"
msgstr "Mostrar clave"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
msgstr "Par de certificado y clave para las puertas de enlace"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
msgid "Certificate"
msgstr "Certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Clave"
-#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
+#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
msgid ""
"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
"%s"
@@ -58,7 +56,7 @@
"Siguen faltando claves compartidas para las puertas de enlace siguientes:\n"
"%s"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
msgid ""
"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
"%s"
@@ -66,118 +64,116 @@
"Siguen faltando los certificados de las puertas de enlace siguientes:\n"
"%s"
-#. Load PSKs
-#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
-#. Load XAuth
-#. Load EAP
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
+#. Load PSKs
+#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
+#. Load XAuth
+#. Load EAP
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
msgid "(hidden)"
msgstr "(oculto)"
-#. Remove the selected EAP user.
-#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+#. Remove the selected EAP user.
+#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
msgid "Please select a user to delete."
msgstr "Seleccione un usuario para suprimir."
-#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
+#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
msgstr "Es obligatorio disponer de una clave precompartida. Introduzca una clave precompartida."
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
msgstr "Introduzca la vía del archivo de certificado y la vía del archivo de clave."
-#. Event handlers
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+#. Event handlers
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de certificado con codificación PEM"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de clave de certificado con codificación PEM"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
msgid "Gateway pre-shared key"
msgstr "Clave precompartida de puerta de enlace"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
msgid "Gateway certificate"
msgstr "Certificado de puerta de enlace"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
msgid "Path to certificate file"
msgstr "Vía al archivo de certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
msgid "Pick.."
msgstr "Seleccionar..."
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
msgid "Path to certificate key file"
msgstr "Vía al archivo de clave de certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr "Credenciales del usuario para clientes Android, iOS y MacOS X"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Usuario"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Contraseña"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Añadir"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Suprimir"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
msgid "Show Password"
msgstr "Mostrar contraseña"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr "Credenciales del usuario para clientes Windows 7 y Windows 8"
-#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
msgid "Gateway - PSK"
msgstr "Puerta de enlace - PSK"
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
msgid "Gateway - Certificate"
msgstr "Puerta de enlace - Certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
msgstr "Puerta de enlace - Clientes móviles"
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
msgstr "Puerta de enlace - Clientes Windows"
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
msgid "Client - PSK"
msgstr "Cliente - PSK"
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
msgid "Client - Certificate"
msgstr "Cliente - Certificado"
-#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239
+#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239
msgid ""
"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n"
"Continue using the module will remove your customisation."
@@ -185,13 +181,13 @@
"ipsec.conf e ipsec.secrets se han manipulado fuera de este módulo.\n"
"Si sigue usando el módulo, se eliminará la personalización."
-#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310
+#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310
msgid "The connection name is already used."
msgstr "El nombre de la conexión ya está en uso."
-#. Find an unused gateway scenario
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327
+#. Find an unused gateway scenario
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327
msgid ""
"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n"
"All of gateway scenarios are already used."
@@ -199,8 +195,8 @@
"Solo puede haber una conexión de puerta de enlace por escenario.\n"
"Todos los escenarios de puerta de enlace ya están en uso."
-#. Warn against duplicated configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344
+#. Warn against duplicated configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344
msgid ""
"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n"
"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario."
@@ -208,53 +204,53 @@
"El escenario ya está configurado con otra puerta de enlace .\n"
"No es posible tener dos puertas de enlace en funcionamiento en un escenario."
-#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
+#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "El nombre de usuario ya está en uso."
-#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
+#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr "No se encuentra ninguna conexión de cliente que coincida."
-#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
+#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
msgstr "Puerta de enlace y cliente de VPN"
-#. Left side: global config & connection management
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
+#. Left side: global config & connection management
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr "Configuración global"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
msgstr "Habilitar daemon de VPN"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
msgstr "Reducir TCP MSS"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
msgid "All VPNs"
msgstr "Todas las VPN"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
msgid "New VPN"
msgstr "Nueva VPN"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
msgid "Delete VPN"
msgstr "Suprimir VPN"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
msgid "View Connection Status"
msgstr "Ver estado de conexión"
-#. Event handlers
-#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
+#. Event handlers
+#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
msgid ""
"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
@@ -262,22 +258,22 @@
"Si los clientes de VPN tienen problemas para acceder a determinados sitios de Internet, es posible que los hosts afectados impidan el descubrimiento automático de MTU (unidad de transmisión máxima) debido a una configuración errónea del cortafuegos.\n"
"Si se reduce el valor de TCP-MSS se corregirá el problema; sin embargo, el ancho de banda disponible se verá reducido aproximadamente en un 10 %."
-#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
+#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
msgid "Delete connection"
msgstr "Suprimir conexión"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir la conexión? "
-#. Check for incomplete configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
+#. Check for incomplete configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
msgstr "Complete la configuración para las conexiones siguientes:\n"
-#. Consider enabling the daemon
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
+#. Consider enabling the daemon
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
msgid ""
"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n"
"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?"
@@ -285,125 +281,125 @@
"Hay conexiones de VPN, pero el daemon no está habilitado.\n"
"¿Desea habilitar el deamon de VPN?"
-#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
+#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
msgstr "La configuración se ha aplicado correctamente."
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Error al configurar el daemon de IPSec."
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
msgstr "¿Desea ver el registro del daemon y el estado de conexión?"
-#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
+#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr "Introduzca la IP de la puerta de enlace antes de editar las credenciales."
-#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
+#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nombre"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descripción"
-#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
+#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr "Haga clic en Nueva VPN para crear una puerta de enlace o un cliente."
-#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
+#. Make widgets for connection configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr "Todas las redes IPv4 (0.0.0.0/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "Todas las redes IPv6 (::/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr "CIDR limitados, separados por comas:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Nombre de la conexión: "
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Puerta de enlace (servidor)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Cliente"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "El escenario está"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Comunicación segura con una clave precompartida"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "Comunicación segura con un certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr "Proporciona acceso a clientes Android, iOS y MacOS X"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr "Proporciona acceso a clientes Windows 7 y Windows 8"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "Editar credenciales"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr "Proporciona a los clientes de VPN acceso a"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr "Grupo de direcciones de los clientes (por ejemplo, 192.168.100.0/24)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "La puerta de enlace requiere autenticación"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Por una clave precompartida"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "Por un certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "IP de puerta de enlace de VPN"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr "Usar el túnel de VPN para acceder"
-#. They are however allowed in password
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+#. They are however allowed in password
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
msgid "Please enter both username and password."
msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña."
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
msgid ""
"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
@@ -411,17 +407,17 @@
"No use caracteres especiales ni espacios en el nombre de usuario.\n"
"Los caracteres admitidos son: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, guiones y guiones bajos."
-#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para la nueva conexión de VPN"
-#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para la conexión de VPN."
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
msgid ""
"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n"
"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n"
@@ -431,44 +427,44 @@
"Los caracteres admitidos son: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, guiones y guiones bajos.\n"
"El nombre debe empezar por una letra."
-#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
msgid "Path to certificate file:"
msgstr "Vía al archivo de certificado:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
msgstr "Vía al archivo de clave de certificado:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
msgstr "No almacene la clave en el propio archivo de certificado."
-#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
msgstr "Introduzca el archivo de certificado y el archivo de clave."
-#. Return password string.
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+#. Return password string.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
msgid "Please enter a password."
msgstr "Introduzca una contraseña."
-#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
+#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds."
msgstr "Los registros se actualizan automáticamente cada 3 segundos."
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
msgstr "Reiniciar daemon de VPN"
-#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
msgstr "Confirmar reinicio de daemon"
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
msgid ""
"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
"Do you still wish to continue?"
@@ -476,32 +472,32 @@
"Las conexiones existentes se interrumpirán.\n"
"¿Desea continuar?"
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
msgstr "Error al reiniciar el daemon de IPSec"
-#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
msgstr "Estado no disponible: ¿se está ejecutando el daemon?"
-#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
+#. Install packages
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes de IPSec."
-#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
+#. Enable/disable daemon
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Error al iniciar el daemon de IPSec."
-#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
+#. Configure IP forwarding
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "Error al aplicar la configuración de desvío de IP mediante sysctl:"
-#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
+#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
@@ -509,11 +505,11 @@
"El cortafuegos de SuSE está habilitado, pero no activado.\n"
"Para que la VPN funcione correctamente, el cortafuegos de SuSE se activará ahora."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "Error al reiniciar el cortafuegos de SUSE."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -523,29 +519,29 @@
"El cortafuegos de SuSE no está habilitado, por lo tanto, debe ejecutar manualmente el guion de configuración cada vez que rearranque. El guion se ejecutará ahora.\n"
"El guion está situado en %s"
-#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Configuración global de VPN"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "Habilitar daemon de VPN (IPSec): %s"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr "Reducir TCP MSS: %s"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Puerta de enlace y conexiones"
-#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
+#. Gateway summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr "Una puerta de enlace que sirve a clientes en "
-#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
+#. Client summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr "Un cliente que se conecta a "
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: wol\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po 2016-09-13 12:54:48 UTC (rev 96896)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po 2016-09-13 12:55:56 UTC (rev 96897)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"